diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900 |
commit | e0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch) | |
tree | 60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt |
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt')
-rw-r--r-- | obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt | 11553 |
1 files changed, 11553 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt b/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffef9e88d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@ +======================================================================= + @ASCII-file{ + filename = "TeX-index", + version = "1.06", + date = "22 December 1992", + time = "18:29:27 EST", + author = "David M. Jones", + address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Room NE43-316 + 545 Technology Square + Cambridge, MA 02139 + USA", + telephone = "(617) 253-5936", + FAX = "(617) 253-3480", + checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136", + email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)", + codetable = "ISO/ASCII", + keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros", + supported = "yes", + docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent + version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in + the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt. + + Copies can also be obtained from the following + locations: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt + ftp.th-darmstadt.de: + pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z] + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index + ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index + ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt + + ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z + ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index + ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z + + The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in + 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index + + The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as + the first value, followed by the equivalent of the + standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines, + words, and characters. This is produced by Robert + Solovay's checksum utility.", + } +======================================================================== + A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS + +INTRODUCTION + +This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that +are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar +mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full +Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor. + +In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards +the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have +been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a +significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen +far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston +archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these +shortcomings in the near future. + +In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more +specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com +is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX, +AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the +home of all official Springer-Verlag macros. + +Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose +programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the +purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E. +Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and +other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list +[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3]. + +Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following +functions: + +Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the + file containing it. + +Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package + does. + +Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose + macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of + keywords can be found at the end of the file. + +Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever + known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk. + This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is + given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives. + When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of + macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete + information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the + end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as + the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name + of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full + listing for it below. + +Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of + the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have + been normalized to little-endian order. + +Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is + different from the address(es) listed in the Author field. + Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used + for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being + maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug + reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu. + +Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of + the package. + +Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the + author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package. + Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not + promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only + promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report. + In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any + improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only + want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will + not necessarily answer bug reports. + +See also: A list of other packages with similar features. + +Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent. + +Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors +and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to +indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working +to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate +hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would +especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries +for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the +task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather +than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll +attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it +might take me some time to do so. + +Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the +information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few +cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors +supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits. + +I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version +of the Catalogue and commenting on it: + +Ravinder Bhumbla +David Carlisle +Steve Fisk +Graham O'Neil +Eric Schenk +Dave Steiner +Dominik Wujastyk + +They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions. +Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing +all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will +be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue. + +My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping +me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering +numerous questions. + +Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant +support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this +project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions. + +David. + +REFERENCES + +[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R. +E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and +comp.fonts. + +[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly]. +Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on +most of the major TeX archives. + +[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted +monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from +cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement. + +=========================================================================== +The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package. +I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the +list of headings: + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX +%%Section 3: EPLAIN +%%Section 4: FOILTEX +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files +%%Section 5: INRSTEX +%%Section 6: LATEX +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options +%%Section 6.1.3: Other +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options +%%Section 6.8: Other +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX +%%Section 9: SLITEX +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files +%%Section 10: PHYSE +%%Section 11: PHYZZX +%%Section 12: TEXT1 +%%Section 13: TEXSIS +%%Section 14: YTEX +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES +%%Section 19: OTHER + +LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +COMING ATTRACTIONS +*************************************************************************** + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX + +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: amstex.tex +Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for + simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material. + AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding + support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, math +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide + (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex). +See also: AMS-LaTeX + +Name: amsppt.sty (.doc) +Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt1.tex + +Name: amsppt1.tex +Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between + amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt.sty + +Name: amssym.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol + fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be + used with amssym.def (q.v.). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty + + +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files + +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles + +Name: amamult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book, + multi-author, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an + example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: amstexsiam.sty +Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for + SIAM journals. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex) +Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX. +See also: siam.sty + +Name: imappt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics + and its Applications for typesetting its preprints. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* +Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX??? + +Name: jfpppt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to + mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: jnsams.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example + file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file. +See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm + +Name: lncs.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style, + camera-ready +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: osudeG.sty +Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio + State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited + distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities + (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography + with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX + and AMS-TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous + contributions by Walter.D. Neumann. +Supported: yes +First Version: 1990 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files. +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr* + [192.54.146.4] + + +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files + +Name: pptfixes.tex +Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: review.sty +Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files. +Keywords: AMS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xfixed.tex +Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xppt.sty +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: aston +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + +Name: xppt.tex +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible + styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references, + BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems + and captions. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX + +Name: AMS-LaTeX +Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the + AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX + with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It + is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for + LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex), + and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex). +See also: AMS-TeX + +Name: amsart.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbook.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbsy.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math + symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by + simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amscd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative + diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amsfonts.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the + AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define + control sequences for all the individual characters (see + amssymb.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold, + NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amssymb.sty + +Name: amssymb.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the + symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amsfonts.sty + +Name: amstex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the + mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amstext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX + \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text + inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are + automatically scaled in sub/superscripts. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: ctagsplt.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of + equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed + from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use) + to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: intlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on + integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nonamelm.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and + superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the + right side in a displayed equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nosumlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and + below to on the side. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: righttag.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + + +%%Section 3: EPLAIN + +Name: eplain.tex +Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding + support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists, + verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column + output, footnotes and commutative diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs, + autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column +Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992 +Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu +Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files. +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: arrow.tex +Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain +Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: umb* + +Name: Card.tex +Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate +Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117] +Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips. + + +%%Section 4: FOILTEX + +Name: FoilTeX +Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other + files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is + fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural + differences. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual + (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)). +See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex + +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: fltplain.tex +Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: fltfonts.tex +Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foils.sty +Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil17.sty +Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil20.sty +Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil25.sty +Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil30.sty +Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty + +Name: foildoc.tex +Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foilfont.tex +Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: sampfoil.tex +Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section) + +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files + +Name: PSFonts.sty +Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX + and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX +Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included + with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with + Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use + these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of + the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty, + chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty. + +Name: amssymbl.sty +Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or + LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty +Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since + LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose). + + +%%Section 5: INRSTEX + +Name: inrstex.tex +Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package, + including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from + the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment. +Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1991 +Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu + /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and + /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version. + + +%%Section 6: LATEX + +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution + +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles + +Name: article.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R. + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport. +See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, + artikel3.sty + +Name: book.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 92 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty + +Name: letter.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: brief.sty + +Name: report.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + + +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options + +Name: art10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty + +Name: bezier.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic + Bezier curves. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 85 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: bk10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty + +Name: fleqn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math + environments flush left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: ifthen.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: leqno.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation + labels appear on the left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: makeidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an + index with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: openbib.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block + of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines + in a block are indented by \bibindent. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: proc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce camera-ready conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: rep10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty + +Name: showidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or + report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: titlepag.sty (.doc) +Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment + each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document + style only. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: twocolum.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.1.3: Other + +Name: addendum.tex +Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all + errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991. +Keywords: LaTeX, manual +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: idx.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lablst.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: latex.tex +Description: The main body of LaTeX macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lplain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: tryfonts.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files + +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme + +Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) +Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and + plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows + changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts + independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support + for a new font. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu +Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new, + basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and + preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in + the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex + and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX + interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font + selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank + Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989, + and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to + standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat + 11(2): 297--305, June 1990. + +Name: concrete.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used + in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren + Patashnik. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: dclfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under + the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston + +Name: euscript.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script + fonts (eusm and eusb). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: excale.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the + math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: lfonts.new +Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for + LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: margid.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font + Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such + as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would + produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would + produce an all-roman "text". +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: nomargid.sty + +Name: newlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: nomargid.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math + alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts + rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the + old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font + Selection Scheme (see margid.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: margid.sty + +Name: oldlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: scripts.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros + for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode. + Requires the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript +Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht + +Name: syntonly.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly + macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking + of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: tracefnt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts + macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files + +Name: array.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array + and tabular environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, array +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty. + +Name: doc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with + code in LaTeX style files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty + +Name: ftnright.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the + bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For + use with multicol.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: multicol.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple + columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in + the middle of a page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu + +Name: newdoc.sty (.doc) +Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style + option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: doc.sty + +Name: thb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thc.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3 + Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3." +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thcb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and + "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: theorem.sty (.doc) +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to + provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like + environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX. +See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty + +Name: thm.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the number to be set in the left margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thmb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break" + (thb.sty) theorem styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thp.sty (.doc) +Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: verbatim.sty +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim* + environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for + ignoring large sections of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros + +Name: psnfss +Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font + Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated + by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual + fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the + standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for + scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the + x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for + building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use + most of the style files without building a new format file, as long + as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992 +Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts + as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman, + Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino, + Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf + Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida + math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A + documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also + numerous supporting files. +Archives: aston*, stuttgart + + +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project + +Name: Babel +Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the + standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages. + It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of + language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution + includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc + (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug + reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains + installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch, + babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com, + latexhax.doc. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat + 12(2):291--301, June 1991. + +Name: catalan.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Catalan. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan +Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es> +Supported: Yes? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel + +Name: croatian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Croatian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with + russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is + meant for use with the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit + <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: czech.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in the Czech language. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: danish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Danish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: dutch.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Dutch. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: english.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in American or British English. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: esperanto.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: finnish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Finnish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: francais.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in French. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: germanb.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty. + +Name: italian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Italian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno, + <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>. + +Name: magyar.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Hungarian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: norsk.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new + spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: portuges.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: romanian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Romanian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: russian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.) + and the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: slovene.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Slovenian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: spanish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Spanish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart, + aston, utrecht + +Name: swedish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Swedish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX + +Name: revtex.sty +Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing + manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical + Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review + Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.) +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston +Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual + (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and + smplec.tex). +See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty + +Name: aps.sty +Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with + REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa.sty +Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for + Optical Society of America (OSA) journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osabib.sty +Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the + format required by Optical Society of America journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prabib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prbbib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prsty.bst +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: version2.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles + +Name: aaai.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the + Proceedings of AAAI-88. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The + most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to + macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". + +Name: abstr_collect.sty +Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be + collected together in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: abstr_collect.tex + +Name: accarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE + American Control Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: acm.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 23 Apr 89 +Archives: +See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst + +Name: acmconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready + papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Ken Traub +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988 +Archives: +See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty + +Name: acsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in + accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances + in Control Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acs.bst + +%% Name: aimemo.sty + +Name: artikel1.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel2.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel3.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip + and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: asaetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: automatica.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the + International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used + with ifac9.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex. + +Name: boek.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty, + rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + +Name: bookform.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty +Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file, + bookform.tex. + +Name: brief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex), + both in Dutch. +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, + letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: cea.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in + Agriculture Submissions. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This + requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu. +See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty + +Name: deproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex + +Name: elsevier.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles + according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: fac.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag + journal Formal Aspects of Computing. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style +Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty. + +Name: farticle.sty +Description: French version of article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, french, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 May 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex + instead. + +Name: ifacarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the + Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control + (IFAC) published by Pergamon press. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and + sample.bib. +See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty + +Name: ijcarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to + the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Jun 91 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst + +Name: iso.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty. +See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: jns.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an + example file, jnsl.dem. +See also: jnsams.cmm + +Name: laa.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an + example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes + a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and + Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for + typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: laletter.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in + the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for + form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice + of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on + a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a + reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an + enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution + list. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual + (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: memo.sty + +Name: llncs.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, + multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an + example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: lmamult.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for + typesetting multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Dec 89 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an + example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: ltugboat.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: ltugproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, + the Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required. + +Name: manual.sty +Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports + page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always + produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on + right-hand pages). +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: memo.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the + LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of + Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter + typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for + a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval + line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a + distribution list. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual + (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: laletter.sty + +Name: memo.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: MEParticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical + Engineering Publications Limited. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: milstd.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: mit-press-book.sty +Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style +Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mtnsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of + Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex + +Name: nar.sty +Description: Modified article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Tom Schneider +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: paper.sty +Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing + college papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir* +Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty. + +Name: rapport1.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: rapport3.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and + zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: res.sty +Description: Resume document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: siam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir +See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst, + fixup.sty, numinsec.sty + +Name: spie.sty +Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for + producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: svlncs.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style +Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989 +Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty. + +Name: USCthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or + Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern + California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and + Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles'' + such as support for multi-volume documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent) + in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style. +See also: techreport.sty + +Name: ucthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc. + +Name: unixman.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: manpage.sty + +Name: utdiss.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting + dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992 +Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file + (sampdiss.tex). + +Name: uw-thesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xarticle.sty +Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty, + art8.sty, and art9.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 88 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty + + +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options + +Name: 9pt.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Patrick van der Smagt +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Apr 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: 10pt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt. + Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is + is useful that 10pt works too. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: a4.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used + by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4 + standard. +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M. + Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu +Note: Documented with doc.sty. +See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a4wide.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of + standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.) + instead.) +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: a5.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left, + middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a5comb.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and + right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound + documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5.sty + +Name: acmproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty + +Name: acronym.sty +Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including + use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage. +Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes +Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir + +Name: add-wes.sty +Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley + house style. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu + +Name: algorithm.sty +Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting + algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: ??? +Archives: shsu + +Name: answers.sty +Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint + which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be + output to \jobname.sol. +Keywords: LaTeX, solutions +Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: agugrl.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical + Research Letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: agujgr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of + Geophysical Research. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: aip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: alleqno.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations + numbered by default. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering +Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: alltt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment, + which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and + `\}' have their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: astyped.sty + +Name: alltt2.sty +Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt + environments by \allttindent parameter +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport. +Archives: Aston* +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: amssymbols.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts + (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with + apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Oct 87 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex + +Name: apeqnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2, + A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: apl.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols + with standard LaTeX fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, APL +Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka + <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991 +Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir, + ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5] +Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to + LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for + Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990. + +Name: apsabstract.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to + American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc. + +Name: art7.sty +Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Dec 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: art8.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art8.sty +Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art9.sty +Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty + +Name: asaesub.sty +Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission + requirements. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: askinclude.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a + list of files to be \include'd. +Keywords: LaTeX, include +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: astyped.sty +Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the + `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have + their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988 +Archives: shsu +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: balanced.sty +Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere + in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for + an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: bbold.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold + (blackboard bold) fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold + provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord + bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type + style. + +Name: bf10.sty +Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default point size. +See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf11.sty +Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf12.sty +Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty + +Name: biblist.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography + listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: bibperinclude.sty +Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991 +Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It + should be deleted on all archives. +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: bibunits.sty +Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for + different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters, + sections or bibunit-environments). +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Sep 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: bigtabular.sty +Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be + split across multiple pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty + +Name: biihead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined + heading style for the LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report +Author: Ted Shapin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty + +Name: birk.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready +Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 June 1989 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file, + birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography + birksample.bib. + +Name: birkhaus.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop + proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography + (birkhaus.bib). + +Name: blackdvi.sty +Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty + +Name: boxedminipage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage + environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter + <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: boxit.sty +Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its + contents (which can include verbatim text). +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992 +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu +See also: boxedminipage.sty + +%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty + +Name: breakcites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken + across lines. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: bruggink.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample + file, bruggink.tex. + +Name: bsf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold + sans serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Dec 91 +Archives: ymir +See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty + +Name: bsl.sty +Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX + under the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: shsu* +See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty + +Name: calendar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex + +Name: captcont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions + in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like + \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the + list of figures or tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: card.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for + cardfile cards. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card +Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* + +Name: catmac.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.) + +Name: cd.sty +Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as + LaTeX style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 3 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex + instead. + +Name: changebars.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv +Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and + Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir +Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug. + +Name: chappg.sty +Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2, + etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: chapterbib.sty +Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies + in a LaTeX document. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: chemtex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry + equations. +Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry +Author: Roswitha Haas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex. + +Name: chess.sty +Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess + games. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, tue +Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting + Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992. + +Name: chicago.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX + styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst + +Name: chomsky.sty +Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 May 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: cite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g., + [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: citesort.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing + lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range. + E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: cite.sty + +Name: code.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays + of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: colordvi.sty +Description: See entry for colordvi.tex. + +Name: colors.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color + support for PostScript devices. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color +Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Apr 92 +Archives: shsu +Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines + the RGB values for various colors. + +Name: cprog.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be + typeset directly by TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: cropmark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner + rules) at the four corners of the page.) +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests + pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead. +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex + +Name: crossword.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles. +Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords +Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the + attention of B Hamilton Kelly.") +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in + crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex. + +Name: currency.sty +Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the + standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese + Yen and British Pounds Sterling). +Keywords: LaTeX, currency +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: custombib.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize + the section head that is inserted before the bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: cyrillic.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic + fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: cyracc.def +Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by + Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def). + +Name: dates.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the + production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a + variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended + to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.01--0 +Archives: aston* +See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex + +Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on + a decimal point. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: decalign.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table + on decimal point (or other character). +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Stephen Meatheringham +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: dectab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of + numbers in a table. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>, + <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: delarray.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty. + Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example: + \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array} + is equivalent to: + \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right) +Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty +See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992 +Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu +Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex. +See also: xypic.tex + +Name: diagramf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created + in Metafont. +Keywords: LaTeX, metafont +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz> +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires + diagramf.mf to work. + +Name: doublespace.sty +Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced + document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy + <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: dpccyr.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington + Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: draft.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced + draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary + commands where they occur in the text. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs +Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty) +See also: drafthead.sty + +Name: drafthead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date + and time at top of each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: draft.sty + +Name: drftcite.sty +Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of + numbers. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: drop.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s) + of a paragraph. +Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps +Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: ebnf.sty +Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: eclbip.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex + +Name: ecltree.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex + +Name: eepic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic + \special's. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty +Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex. + +Name: eepicemu.sty +Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the + epic macros. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty + +Name: endfloat.sty +Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article. +Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty + +Name: endnote.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: endnotes.sty + +Name: endnotes.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of + endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that + the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of + the page. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991 +Archives: shsu, ymir +See also: endnote.sty + +Name: enumerate.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an + optional argument controlling the printing of the counter. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: enumspec.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading + character on labels in the enumerate environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: env.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with + bar codes. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: zip.tex +Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes," + TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991. + +Name: envelope.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a + business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple + LaserWriter II NT. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope +Author: Heather Sherman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex. + +Name: epac.sty +Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European + Particle Accelerator Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty +Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex). + +Name: epsf.sty +Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.). + +Name: eqnarray.sty +Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the + amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to + work as documented in latex.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992 +Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu* + +Name: equationarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities + of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows + equation arrays with more than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty + +Name: equations.sty +Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed + equations in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu +See also: AMS-LaTeX +Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: eslides.sty +Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>, + <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart +Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes + a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file + eslides-example.tex. +See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty + +Name: espo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: esperant.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams. + esperant.sty does not support the babel system. + +%% Name: etcetera.tex + +Name: exam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations. + Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank + and essay questions. +Keywords: LaTeX, examination +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: example.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and + typeset. +Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 May 1991 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: exercise.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for + typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along + the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer + can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a + file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises + and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is + a prerequisite for this style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992 +Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: exercise.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and + \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac) + +Name: extradefs.tex +Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform, + memo and milstd document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty + +Name: fancybox.sty +Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double + boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset + verbatim inside of boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate, + verbatim, framebox +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file, + fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on + some archives. + +Name: fancyheadings.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization + of page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty +Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc. + +Name: finder.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an + address file for a specified letter recipient. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a + sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex). + Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above). + More german information in an article in c't 3/92. + +Name: fixup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX + macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: floatnohead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only + floats to be typeset without page headers or footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: float.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option improves the interface for defining + floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the + notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New + kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous + to \newtheorem. +Keywords: LaTeX, float +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: flowchart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for + drawing flow charts. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on + paragraphs. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk + <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fnpara.tex + +Name: font-nostalgia.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands + with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: footnpag.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991) +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: format.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point + numbers in a fixed format. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: frontiers.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the + Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ftn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in + any environment, except inside floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart + +Name: fullpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and + textwidth. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: geophysics.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a + publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jan 87 +Archives: ymir* +See also: article.sty +Note: requires article.sty + +Name: german.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for + writing german texts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german +Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al. + <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1 +Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX. + +Name: go.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board + positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go + font. +Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49, + 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1991 +Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z +Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont) + sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated + fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for + more information. + +Name: greekctr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro + \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out + as greek letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: hackalloc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation + primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.) + become block local. +Keywords: LaTeX, allocation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hackarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray + environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array + environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more + than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty + +Name: hangcaption.sty +Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce + captions with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a + typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the + code. + +Name: harvard.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the + Harvard family of bibliography styles. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst + +Name: headerfooter.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of + three-part page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty + +Name: here.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do + not float'. +Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: hex.sty +Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in + hexadecimal notation. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Oct 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: hhline.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline + for producing horizontal lines in tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: icassp.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and + proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: John Vlontzos +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Based on frontiers.sty. +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ieee9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty + +Name: ieeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEE conference proceedings +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the + International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one, + anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester + Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines + for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal + Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE +Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst + +Name: ieeetran.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ifac10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: ijcai89.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style. + The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail + to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: indentfirst.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section. +Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: inputfile.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the + current \input file. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: insertplot.sty +Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to + insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE + PostScript driver. +Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips +Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: insertplot.readme + +Name: isf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic + san serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 August 1989 +Archives: shsu +See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty + +Name: iso9.sty +Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with + iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: iso10.sty +Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty + +Name: ist21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title + appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: italic.sty +Description: See entry for italic.tex. + +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business + Strategies. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: jeep.sty +Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the + article and report styles. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex. + +Name: jmb.sty +Description: Identical to apalike.sty. +See also: apalike.sty + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label + command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when + used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text). +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992 +Archives: shsu, aston + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in + various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 May 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: lablst.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions + at the end of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex. +See also: lablst.tex + +Name: landscape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and + textheight to landscape values. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: listoftheorem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of + theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, TOC +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, utrecht + +Name: loggates.sty +Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992 +Note: Requires the font loggates.mf. +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: longtable.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of + tabular. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: losymbol.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols, + analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc +Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lscape.sty +Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the + pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are + NOT affected. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver. + Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty + +Name: lslide.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex. + +Name: ltgtsim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to + combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~". +Keywords: LaTeX, symbol +Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Jul 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: ltugbot.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary + pseudo-TUGboat format. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 89 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty + +Name: makerobust.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command + allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect. +Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: man10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default. +See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty + +Name: manpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual + pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file. +See also: unixman.sty + +Name: marginote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes + numbered like footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: marnote.sty +Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right + margin on all pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips + +Name: mathsing.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for + typesetting single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm + +Name: mathtext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text + for inserting fragments of text in math mode. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: memo10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty + +Name: merge.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty + +Name: mf.sty +Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +%% Name: mfr.sty +%% Description: +%% Keywords: +%% Author: +%% Latest Version: +%% Archives: + +Name: misc.sty +Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the + following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for + verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but + with automatic line numbers). +Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitpress.sty +Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press + format. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: module.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions, + i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within + a macro file. +Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: styledef.tex + +Name: morefloats.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of + floats from 18 to 36. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: ms10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Note: This is the default. +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty + +Name: msam.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol + font (msam). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: msbm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol + font (msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: mtns12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with + mtnsarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: multibox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in + pictures, similar to the \multiput command. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science, + Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: multicolpar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in + multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns + aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which + there is the original language in the first column and the + translated version in the second. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max + Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: multirow.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow + command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows. +Keywords: LaTeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained. +Archives: ymir + +Name: named.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for + the ``named'' bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: natsci.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the + NATSCI bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 feb 91 +Archives: ymir* +See also: natsci.bst + +Name: newarray.sty +Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error. + All the features of previous releases of this style are now in + array.sty or delarray.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +See also: array.sty delarray.sty +Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty. + +Name: newequation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation + command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command. +Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math +Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nextslide.sty +Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other + environments to span multiple slides. +Keywords: SliTeX, page control +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: nfsslint.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible + font problems in pre-NFSS files. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nofm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with + page numbers of the form "n of m." +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: nosecnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers, + but still put the section titles in page headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle +Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nosecnumbers.sty +Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections, + etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents). +Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: npsfont.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: ntg10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty + +Name: numdef.sty +Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow + `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston*, shsu +Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though. + +Name: numinsec.sty +Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause + equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all) + +Name: oncew.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990 +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: outline.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate + environment that defines a six-level list environment for + typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following + styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ). +Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list +Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>, + <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex. + +Name: outlineitems.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of + items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional + "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for + second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: overcite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying + them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes + "foo.^{1-3}". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, utrecht +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: oz.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z + specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z +Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au) +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Apr 91 +Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon) +Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex. + +Name: pagefoots.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu* + +Name: pageframe.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the + text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners. + Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number + outside the text area on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output +Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart +See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex +Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test + file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the + documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers + many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this + package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe". + +Name: pap11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap12.sty + +Name: pap12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap11.sty + +Name: parskip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and + non-zero \parskip for any document style and size. +Keywords: LaTeX, page style +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: path.sty +Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar + to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode + (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken + at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation + characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be + ambiguous. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991 +Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!! + +Name: path.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname + macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to + be broken at punctuation characters. +Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: portland.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between + portrait and landscape printing. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: program.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm +Author: Martin Ward +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex. + +Name: proof.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree +Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex. + +Name: psfig.sty +Description: See entry for psfig.tex. + +Name: pspicture.sty +Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX + picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option + for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also + includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires + Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: epic, eepic, xypic + +Name: quote.sty +Description: See entry for quote.tex. + +Name: raggedtab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be + typeset ragged-right. +Keywords: LaTeX, parbox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: rail.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams + (sometimes known as railroad diagrams). +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad +Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991 +Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston +Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style + file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some + examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the + style file alone is useless. +See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty + +Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold + <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty + +Name: RCS.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword + strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a + page footer. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992 +Archives: tue +See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing) +Note: source is fully documented + +Name: rcs.sty +Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty + +Name: refman.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical + reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar + to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: remark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark + command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like + environments instead of theorem-like environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty. + +Name: resume.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 8 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex. + +Name: romanneg.sty +Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by + \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes + +Name: rotate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX + boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.tex + +Name: rotating.sty +Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX, + and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated + floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, rotation +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92) +Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full + manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992. +Archives: Aston + +Name: sans.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans + serif and roman. NFSS only. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: (no number) 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: sc21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages + appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?) +See also: sc21-wg1.sty + +Name: sc21-wg1.sty +Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.) + +Name: sched.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based + on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for + shading boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX +Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: schedule.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: schulzrinne.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines + \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters + of a book. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: screen.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document + suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW. +Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: script.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs + script fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: seceqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause + equations to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: shsu + +Name: secret.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified + reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)". +Keywords: LaTeX, classified +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: seminar.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu + +Name: setspace.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and + environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on + the point size. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: set_sp.sty +Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work + with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au> +Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present +Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992 +Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992 + +Name: sfwmac.sty +Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly + by providing a set of standard abbreviations. +Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: shading.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded + background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent + modifier. Based on shadebox.tex. + +Name: shadow.sty +Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as + \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides + of the box. +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: showkeys.sty +Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref + and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these + keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document. + (Well not by very much!) +Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: showlabels.sty + +Name: showlabels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to + show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print + undefined labels rather than just "??". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: siam10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: side.sty +Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including + landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips +Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Dec 91 +Archives: shsu +Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.). + +Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty) +Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font + typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX. + Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to + any Scheme and Common Lisp. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp +Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991 +Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z) + +Name: slem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl + rather than \it. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: smaller.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for + the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the + current font size by one step and \larger will increase it. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 May 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: smalltalk.sty +Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk + programming language +Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* + +Name: sober.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space + after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size + of section headers. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: spacecites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between + entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead + of [Furu86,Furu87]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: spacing.sty +Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead. + +Name: sprite.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters + in TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Martin Costabel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: sshdbk10.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point + book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, shsu + +Name: stbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty. + Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just + answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited + or changed. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It + does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for + a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english + texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above + for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92. + +Name: stmaryrd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road + symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources. + Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex. + +Name: subeqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of + equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu +See also: equations.sty + +Name: subeqnarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray, + which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines + are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: subfigure.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the + inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning, + captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht + +Name: supertab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular + environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are + automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are + repeated on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page +Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams + <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu +See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: suthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University + Ph.D. thesis style. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Joseph Pallas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Sep 88 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: svma.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + multiple-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use + lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty + +Name: svsa.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + single-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty + +Name: tables.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: tables.tex??? + +Name: tabls.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text + or hlines above or below. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1, 1992 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu* + +Name: tabverb.sty +Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim + environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as + \newpage's. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Michael Fine +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: tabularx.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This + is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are + modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width + of the inter-column space. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: tape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels. +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and + tape.example. +See also: cassette.tex + +Name: techreport.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for + converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report. +Keywords: LaTeX, technical report +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if + the spine-art option is used. +See also: USCthesis.sty + +Name: texnames.sty +Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX + and METAFONT programs. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992 +Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package. +Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu +See also: tex.logos + +Name: tgrind.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on + tgrindmac.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +See also: tgrindmac.tex + +Name: theapa.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the + theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst + +Name: threecolumn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three + columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: threepart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers + and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: timeline.sty +Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: trademarks.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for + various common trademarks. +Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: trees.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston +Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme. + +Name: twoup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with + the help of dvidvi. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi +Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: uct10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: ukdate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style + dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the + phase of the moon. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988 +Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead. + +Name: ulem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to + underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining + allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}). +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: usenix.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>, + <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all + papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready + copy. + +Name: userps.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful +\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.) +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Unsupported. + +Name: varfbox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the + standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of + the \fboxrule on the fly. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: vdm.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992 +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex + +Name: version.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will + be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Stephen Bellantoni +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: vita.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that + suggested by the Handbook for Scholars. +Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume +Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: voorbeeldom.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like + environment for typesetting Linguistic examples. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir + +Name: voorwerk.sty +Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty + and rapport3.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston, +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. + +Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty + (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input +Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart* +Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: warn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention + the line number. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: workshop.sty +Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for + the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and + on robust control in Ascona, April 1992. +Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead. + +Name: wrapfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment + "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and + wrap text around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wright.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and + \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments. +Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: Includes example file wright.tex. + +Name: xrefwarn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: xspace.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the + end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following + character is a punctuation character, or {}. +Keywords: LaTeX, spaces +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: young.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment + {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory). +Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992 +Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11> +Archives: shsu* + +Name: zaccone.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.) + +Name: zero.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero, + where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter + values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count + "within" other counters). +Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within" +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991 +Archives: tue, shsu +Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z + + +%%Section 6.8: Other + +Name: asaetr.tex +Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package +Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: calprog.tex +Description: See yearcal.tex + +Name: docstrip.tex +Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty + into stripped-down .sty files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty + +Name: lcustom.tex +Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations, + including support for the verbatim input of a file. +Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: pphlp.tex +Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both + printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a + single file. +Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992 +Archives: aston, shsu + +Name: preload.tex +Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style + options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC! +Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX. + +Name: pslplain.tex +Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts + where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text + fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe + Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding + to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New + Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992 +Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files. + +Name: xcomment.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: xxxcustom.tex +Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: yearcal.tex +Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latsion: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex +Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex. + + +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX + +%% These entries need to be fleshed out more. + +Name: lamstex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with + some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX. + Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams, + cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX), + indices, etc. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 1991 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and + insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also + contains a short description of the package. A user's manual + ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators + Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also + available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX + comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts + (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain + TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see + acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules, + which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use + of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names + are modules.) + +Name: acompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run + through LamS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: alignat.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat, + xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: amstexl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: anynum.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bib.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bibtex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: book.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, book +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros. + +Name: cardord.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and + counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: cd.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for + commutative diagrams? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dblacc.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented + command for putting multiple accents on a character. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dvipaste.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which + provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to + include in your document using traditional means. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: +Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex + and boxes2.tex. + +Name: islands.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamslogo.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamstbl.tex +Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for + producing tables with dvipaste? +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stb +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, index +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stf +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stt +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: letter.st +Description: LamS-TeX letter document style. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided. + +Name: lists.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: literal.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting + pieces of TeX code verbatim +Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lithl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: paper.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables. + +Name: pcompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file. +Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: places.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: ptmatrix.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: varref.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross + references? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX + +Name: 10point.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one + mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 10pointss.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point + sans-serif font. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex, + 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex + +Name: 11point.tex +Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 12point.tex +Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 14point.tex +Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 17point.tex +Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 20point.tex +Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 2columns.mac +Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the + TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 2side.tex +Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 7point.tex +Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 8point.tex +Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 9point.tex +Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: aa.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three + example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the + head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme + file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus + list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant, + aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: address.tex +Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address + list. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels +Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau + <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 25 May 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file. + This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across + Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This + paper is also included in the address package. +See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: amssym.def +Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to + plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math* +See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.tex +Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and + btxmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992 +Archives: labrea* +See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst + +Name: automagic.tex +Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically + numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary + support for a table of contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: autotoc.tex +Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: badges.tex +Description: plain TeX program for making name tags. +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex. + +Name: bellmac.tex +Description: Form letter package for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, formletter +Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: bibplain.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex +Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead. + +Name: blanks.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left + for the answers. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex. + +Name: bnf.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars. +Keywords: plain TeX, BNF +Author: Erik Quanstrom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex. +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty + +Name: borders.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: James A. Brister +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: boxit.tex +Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the + LaTeX \fbox command. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in + Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook. +See also: frame.tex + +Name: btable.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite + groups. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas + <andrew@math.uic.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 6 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: btxmac.tex +Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: Caesar-CM +Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight + cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These + macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with + some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all + the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of + latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three + basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to + Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm, + virtual fonts, em, Macintosh +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sept 1992 +Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual + font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it + provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is + support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO + Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: calendar.tex +Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly + calendar. +Keywords: plain TeX, calendar +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex + +Name: capparmode.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop + capital. +Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps +Author: David J. Braunegg +Supported: no +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: cassette.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips + audio cassette boxes. +Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label +Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo. +See also: tape.sty + +%% Name: cell1.tex +%% Name: cell2.tex +%% Name: cell3.tex +%% Name: cell4.tex +%% Name: cellular.doc +%% Name: cellular.tex + +Name: chbars.tex +Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with + plain TeX). +Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989 +Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the + EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push + TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses + nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he + will incorporate them into a new version. +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston + +Name: cnoweb.tex +Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code + without using CWEB. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme. + +Name: comment.sty +Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain + TeX or LaTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty + +Name: comment.tex +Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain + TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, comment +Author: J. C. Alexander +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: May 1986 +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty + +Name: cpjour2.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for various two-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages. + +Name: CPMoMu01 +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing + camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books. +Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings, + camera-ready +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* + +Name: cyracc.def +Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for + use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme. +Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: declare.tex +Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without + interference with previously allocated registers. +Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register +Author: J. E. Pittman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: dmhgener.tex +Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning + commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and + tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: doublecol.tex +Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from + Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: edmac.tex (.doc) +Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical + editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford + Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided + for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and + endnotes keyed to line numbers. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, + <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.22 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht +Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as + well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package. + +Name: epsf.tex +Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic. +Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty + +Name: figplace.tex +Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion + routine for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats +Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: FloatNotes.tex +Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the + user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to + use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of + occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a + "floatnote". +Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992 +Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's + newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only + valid with formats based on Plain TeX +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: fnote.tex +Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically + numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset + \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes + on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400 + of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir (but munged) +See also: fnpara.sty + +Name: fontbl.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex + +Name: fontchart.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables. + Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: fortran.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings. + Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput +Author: B. H. Toby +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: frame.tex +Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also + defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: gkpmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by + Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik. +Keywords: plain TeX, book +Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik +Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford + University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren + Patashnik)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: concrete.sty + +Name: headlinerule.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an + \hrule spanning the width of the page. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: HyAcc-CM +Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using + accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern +Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language + typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: index.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make + an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its + default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even + though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft + documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or + phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for + both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index. + Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index. +Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex +Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: TeXsis +Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.) + +Name: jns.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example + file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. +See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm + +Name: label.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: labeldefs.tex +Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based + on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: LabelFig.tex +Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to + imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript. +Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript +Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: July 1991 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the + preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything, + LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation + is internal. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: labelmac3.tex +Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with + Avery 5160 laser printer labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lecmono.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, LNP, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two + example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file. + There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) + Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: lecproc.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two + example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: letter.mac +Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of + the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: letter.tex +Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the + letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: lettermac.tex +Description: Simple macros for writing letters. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 May 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex, + letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: LeXTeX.tex +Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal + documents (including pleadings). +Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX +Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square, + Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992 +Archives: None as yet. + +Name: list.tex +Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical + usage: tex list *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +Name: listing.mac +Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB. +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: llist.tex +Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files. + Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +%% Name: longtocline.tex + +Name: lwebmac.tex +Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: make-env.tex +Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS + standards. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and + lettermac.tex. +See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex + +Name: mamath.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an + example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, + mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: manmac.tex +Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, shsu + +Name: mathmult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an + example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: mathsing.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: memo.tex +Description: Generate a memo banner. +Keywords: plain TeX, memo +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mftmac.tex +Description: Special macros for use with MFT output. +Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Archives: labrea* + +Name: mhack.tex +Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes. +Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes +Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: model.tex +Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings +Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mrecog.tex +Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX. + Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log + phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$". +Keywords: plain TeX, math +Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mssymb.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts + (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: multihead.tex +Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: multip.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: multpghb.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: newinsert.tex +Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures +Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990 +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools* + [128.146.7.200], ymir + +Name: nofill.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in + lines of text. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: null.tex +Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file + name and you don't want to provide a real file. + +Name: outline.sty +Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats + them in plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outline +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: paragraphs.tex +Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter, + \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: phoncard.tex +Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks. +Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist +Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir +Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix + bugs himself. + +Name: PJour2g +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in + Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant + of PJour2 (g=general). +Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +See also: PJour2 + +Name: picmac.tex +Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a + subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for + quadratic splines. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: pjour1.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 1-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a + reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme + file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour2 + +Name: pjour2.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 2-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR, + shock waves, geodesy +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a + reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme + file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour1 + +Name: plain.tex +Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.141 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: plncs.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNCS, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an + example file, plncs.dem. + +Name: plotting.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: reference.tex +Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with + labels and crossreferences. +Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography +Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86 +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: resume.tex +Description: Resume document style for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: resumemac.tex +Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex. + +%% Name: rightfig.mac + +Name: rotate.tex +Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.sty + +Name: scmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama +Author: Na Choon Piaw +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.02, 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Also called scmac202.tex. + +Name: scorecard.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one + team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense, + Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line + score). +Keywords: plain TeX, baseball +Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: setstrut.tex +Description: Automatic strut computation. +Keywords: plain TeX, strut +Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: singlep.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author physics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two + example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file, + singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: split.tex +Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes + them side by side. +Keywords: plain TeX, box +Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: stables.tex +Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>, + <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +See also: stables_doc.tex +Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex. + +Name: sterne.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde". +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package + +Name: sw.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package + +%% Name: tabledoc.tex +%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex +%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation +%% Author: Ray F. Cowan +%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85 +%% Archives: ymir +%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir? + +Name: tables.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: tbemacros.tex +Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example," + (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press). +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: Arvind Borde +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston +Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex. + +Name: tech-erg.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-ghb.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-std.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: testfont.tex +Description: TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: theapa.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX + bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst +Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible + version may be available upon request. + +Name: toc.mac +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex + +Name: toc.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of + Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC +Author: Dan Zirin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac + +Name: treedef.tex +Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, tree +Author: David Eppstein +Supported: no +Latest Version: Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35. + +Name: tgrindmac.tex +Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd + "vgrind"). +Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985 +Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa> +Archives: +See also: tgrind.sty + +Name: tugboat.cmn +Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style + files for TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty +Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts + with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named + tugboat.com. + +Name: tugbot.sab +Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that + appear in TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugboat.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat, +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +Note: Requires tugboat.cmn +See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugbot.sty +Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 8 Jul 87 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty + +Name: tugbot.tex +Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Aug 85 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete + +Name: tugproc.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn. + +Name: unouter.tex +Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outer +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1988 +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Archives: ymir + +Name: varindent.tex +Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match + the length of the preceding line. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: no versions +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbatim.mac +Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted + from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbtim2.tex +Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: web9pt.tex +Description: ??? +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: webmac.tex +Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: webmacss.tex +Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in + sans-serif type. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987 +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: webmac.tex + +Name: weirdtitle.tex +Description: A weird title macro. +Keywords: plain TeX, weird +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xrcs.tex +Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX + +%% Name: driver.tex +%% Name: plainfsl.doc +%% Name: plainfsl.tex +%% Name: readme.plf +%% Name: scripts.doc +%% Name: xxxlfont.doc + + +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros + +Name: newsletr.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes + support for multiple columns. +Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: italic.tex +Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and + automatically insert italic corrections when necessary +Keywords: LaTeX, font +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty. + +Name: quote.tex +Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending + on context. +Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty. + + +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX + +Name: ScriptTeX +Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for + typesetting screenplays and scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991 +Archives: ymir* +Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a + demonstration file, stdemo.tex. + +Name: screenplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: stageplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + + +%%Section 9: SLITEX + +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: slitex.tex +Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or + color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: +Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual. + +Name: sfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: slides.sty +Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides + with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986 +Archives: + +Name: splain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Mar 92 +Archives: + + +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files + +Name: xxxslides.sty +Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 10: PHYSE + +Name: physe.tex +Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers. + Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections, + ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references + and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists + of figures, tables and references. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering +Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur + Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik; + P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included. +See also: physupdt.tex + +Name: physupdt.tex +Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 11: PHYZZX + +Name: phyzzx.tex +Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers + for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible. + Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of + sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered + references, tables and figures. +Keywords: PHYZZX, physics +Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator + Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to + modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX + are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example + of site-dependent macros. +See also: revtex.sty + + +%%Section 12: TEXT1 + +Name: text1.tex +Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the + functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents, + indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.) + while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX + and making it easy to modify formats. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following + address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington + State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are + split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this + Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes + with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files + for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system. + +Name: txt1v407.tex +Description: The main TEXT1 macros. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1 +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: fixcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed + mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: flexcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the + flexible mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: letter.texinput +Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel. + +Name: memo.texinput +Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel. + +Name: mergetxt.texinput +Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel, + mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel. + +Name: paper.texinput +Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel. + +Name: resume.texinput +Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel. + +Name: thesis.texinput +Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate + school theses. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel. + + +%%Section 13: TEXSIS + +Name: texsis.tex +Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting + physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference + proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos. + \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic + numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting, + macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions, + including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis + supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized + document formats, and it even includes macros for making form + letters for job applications or letters of recommendation. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1), + installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU + emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For + support for an index, see index.tex. + +Name: AIP.txs +Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: CVformat.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae. +Keywords: TeXsis, resume +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: Elsevier.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications. +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: IEEE.txs +Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: mtexsis.tex +Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used + by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to + install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the + bulletin boards?) +Keywords: TeXsis, physics +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: nuclproc.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: PhysRev.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: revtex.sty + +Name: ruled.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and + vertical rules. +Keywords: plain TeX, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are + incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of + that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still + requires TeXsis. + +Name: Tablebody.txs +Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete: + Use ruled.tex instead. +Keywords: TeXsis, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will + eventually be phased out. + +Name: thesis.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants, + \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for + University of Texas theses. +Keywords: TeXsis, thesis +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: WorldSci.txs +Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + + +%%Section 14: YTEX + +Name: YTeX +Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some + of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages + such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less + well-specified) manner. +Keywords: yTeX, fmt +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac, + yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided. + +Name: plain-cm.tex +Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font + sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jul 86 +Archives: ymir +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex + +Name: ytex.ieee +Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers. +Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article +Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS + +Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty +Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up. +Keywords: output, two-up +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: anti.tex +Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle. +Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle +Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1/88 +Archives: ymir + +Name: apldef.tex +Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using + the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code +Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL +Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987. + +Name: blackdvi.tex +Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in + colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: BoxedArt.tex +Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX, + assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the + process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX + documents. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: BoxedEPS.tex +Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX + document in a device-driver-independent way. +Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system + BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: colordvi.tex +Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any + other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver + dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with + Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.) + can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in + colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names + are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: compare.tex +Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings. +Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: cropmark.tex +Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on + the page. +Keywords: cropmark +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex + +Name: dayofweek.tex +Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of + the moon. +Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom +Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: dates.sty, dow.tex + +Name: daytime.sty +Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day. +Keywords: TeX, generic, time +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu* +See also: misc.sty + +%% Name: defstring.tex + +Name: diagrams.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990 +Archives: + +Name: dow.tex +Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex + +Name: emtrees.tex +Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands + implemented by emTeX. +Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree +Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: endnote.tex +Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes. +Keywords: generic, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epigram.tex +Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams. +Keywords: generic, epigram +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: fakebold.tex +Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hep.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and + "normal ordered" products. +Keywords: generic, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: inscrutable.tex +Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers. +Keywords: TeX, perl +Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Feb 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: ipamacs.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State + University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa). +Keywords: TeX, IPA, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: laps.tex +Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap. +Keywords: generic +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: latin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991 +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.) + +%% Name: maybeload.tex + +Name: multido.tex/multido.sty +Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures. +Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be + appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives. + +Name: prooftree.tex +Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus, + etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990 +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Archives: + +Name: psfig.tex +Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics + in a TeX document. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps +Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991 +Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston +Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty. + +Name: pstricks.tex +Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic) + TeX. +Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: quotation.tex +Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations + with an attribution. +Keywords: generic, quotation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +%% Name: redefine.tex + +Name: selectpage.tex +Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document. +Keywords: generic, output +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: shadebox.tex +Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on + PostScript devices. +Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips +Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: tex.logos +Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX + logos. +Keywords: generic, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: texnames.sty + +Name: time.tex (.sty) +Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in + the format hh:mm A.M./P.M. +Keywords: generic, time +Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: TreeTeX.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using + a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees +Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de> + and Derick Wood. +Supported: Yes (bug fixes only) +Latest Version: 2.3 +Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80] +Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which + includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex, + which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by + the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available + from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne + Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg; + Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to + brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de. + +Name: underl.tex +Description: Macro for underlining text. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: xunderl.tex + +Name: undertilde.tex +Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: weekday.sty +Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given + date. +Keywords: generic, calendar +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade + <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wiggly.tex +Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines + horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: John S. Garavelli +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xlatin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28 +Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xunderl.tex +Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: underl.tex + +Name: xypic.tex +Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics, + commutative diagrams. +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992 +Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires + AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed + preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts + (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf) + which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are + also included. +Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* + [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*] + +Name: zip.tex +Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code. +Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 May 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: env.sty + + +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros + +Name: border.tex +Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: dolines.tex +Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are + separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight + macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: gloss.tex +Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive + sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: labels.tex +Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: loop.tex +Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: quire.tex +Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and + printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros + package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex + +Name: styledef.tex +Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: module.sty + + +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX + +Name: pictex.tex +Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain + TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics +Author: Michael Wichura +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987 +Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files: + latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex. +Archives: ymir + +Name: texpictex.tex +Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic + specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths + of lines.) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: tree.sty +Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees +Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz + <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26] + + +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX + +Name: TeX-Xet +Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in + languages which read from right to left. +Keywords: Hebrew +Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.0 +Archives: huji + +Name: heb_macros.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old + Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New + Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC + system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebcal.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal_newcode.sty + +Name: hebcal_newcode.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal.sty + +Name: hebrew.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code + (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebrew_newcode.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code + (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + + +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS + +%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much +%% more work. -- dmj + +Name: czhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: eshyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish +Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com> +Supported: +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir +Note: Originally called silaba.tex. + +Name: f8hyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fr8hyph.dc +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC +Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson + <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ghyphen.max +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. +See also: ghyphen.min + +Name: ghyphen.min +Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with + PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with + little room for hyphenation patterns). +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two + forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the + words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation + points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points + found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form + suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide + suitable hyphenation exceptions. +See also: ghyphen.max + +Name: ghyphen3.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an + experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and + `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t + mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be + hyphenated at different positions. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.polish +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex) +Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, stuttgart +See also: ushyph2.tex + +Name: ihyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic +Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ithyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: G. Patergnani +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: nehyph1.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex. +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph2.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph3.tex +Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex + +Name: portug.hyphen +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese +Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: rgrhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using + the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: rhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to + work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with + all ligatures disabled. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian + TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989. +Archives: ymir + +Name: shyphen1.2.sh +Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for + Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish +Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my + hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though + it is planned. + +Name: tkhypha.tex +Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish +Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations + for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which + generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available. +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ukhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ushyph2.tex +Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be + used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log + published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English +Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart + + +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES + +Name: abbrv.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are + abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: abstract.bst +Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with + added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Kotz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: acm.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies. + A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by + author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and + journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and + in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: acs.bst +Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems. + This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acsarticle.sty + +Name: agsm.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors + editors and printers of Australian government publications." It + supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams + 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a + parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors + name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: alpha.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry + labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of + publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: amsalpha.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: amsplain.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: annotate.bst +Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annotate" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: annotation.bst +Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annote" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apa.bst +Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which + incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.). + The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates + references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would + produce "Rogers (1992)". +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.). + +Name: apalike.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones, + 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor) + names appear as last name, comma, initials. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: asaetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: btxbst.doc +Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography + styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains + extensive documentation of the code. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst + +Name: cea.bst +Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: cea.sty +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. + +Name: chicago.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations + formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and + author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)"; + "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)"; + "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et + al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The + reference list is sorted alphabetically by author. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: chicagoa.bst +Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like + chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the + BibTeX field `annotation'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: dcu.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design + Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science, + University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams + (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is + used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are + sorted by authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: ieee.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles + according to the IEEE's instructions. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty + +Name: ieeetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions + bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE + abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all + fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much + like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: ifac.bst +Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions + of the International Federation of Automatic Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles + for the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: kluwer.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic + Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and + "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a + noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by + authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year + and author information in separate macros. Must be used in + conjunction with named.sty. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.sty + +Name: natsci.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences + bibliography format. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98 +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 87 +Archives: clarkson +See also: natsci.sty +Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later. + +Name: nederlands.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of + dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard + practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports + citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending + on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical + note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following + Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992 +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the + style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules. + Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard + family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard + Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the + file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty + +%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty) + +Name: plain.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: siam.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric + labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names + in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article + titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes". + An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the + preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the + "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: theapa.bst +Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very + flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the + form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features + of the APA style. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for + LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX). + +Name: unsrt.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that + appear in the order of their first citation. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: xppt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt + document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles + using the amsppt reference commands. +Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt +Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose + <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + + +%%Section 19: OTHER + +Name: deprocldc.tex +Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines) +Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the + source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual + Meeting of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: LinoTeX +Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on + Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX + typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome + formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity, +Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: 1991 +Latest Version: June 1992 +Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar + mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart + +Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines) +Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of + the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no. + 3, November 1989. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics) +Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete + ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support + it again. Requires amssymbols.sty. +See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex + +Name: symbols.tex +Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the + AMS symbols. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If + used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts. + +*************************************************************************** + LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the +May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,' +currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>. +Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the +maintainers of the archives. + +Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via +anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the +mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the +address listed. Exceptions are noted below. + +In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated +names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is +obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in +parentheses after the full archive name. + +On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place, +namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you +in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious +place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the +user. + +dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only) + Springer-Verlag + Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet + + Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other + information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed + UUencoded. + +e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100] + The American Mathematical Society + Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org + System type: UNIX + + Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages. + + Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow + submissions. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory ams. + +ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht) + Abbreviation: utrecht + Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands + Time Zone: +0100 GMT + Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC) + System type: UNIX + Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server + To receive the help file, send the following message: + + begin + path your_complete_email_address + send HELP + end + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX. + + Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl. + +ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23] + Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston + System type: UNIX + + Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font + naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and + web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of + the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex. + +ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2] + Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time) + Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics, + University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA + Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> + Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu + System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer, + window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC, + IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities). + The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive + contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in + directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an + index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains + sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers. + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found + in pub/tex/bibtex. + +ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] + Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center + System type: UNIX (AIX) + Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: + concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> + general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de + + About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively. + + TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex. + LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain. + +ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100] + Department of Mathematics and Computing Science + Eindhoven University of Technology + The Netherlands + System Type: UNIX + Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT ) + Mail server: No (not yet, at least) + Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl> + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. + +ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12] + Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany + Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de + System type: UNIX + + More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk. + + This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF + and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol, + verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array). + + TeX-related files are found in soft/tex. + +goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2] + Spain + Mail server: info@goya.uu.es + + This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files + for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in + info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish. + +hearn.bitnet (Mail server only) + Abbreviation: tex-nl + Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet + Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> + + Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of + particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more + general interest. + + People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by + interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST + +june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4] + The University of Washington + Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu + System type: UNIX + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47] + Stanford University, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings. + System type: UNIX + Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42] + + Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web. + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73] + Time Zone: -0500 GMT + Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu> + + Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex). + Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent + to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he + can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!) + + OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX. + +ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8] + Sam Houston State University + Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> + Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu + System type: VMS + + Contains the usual TeX goodies. + + SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find. + Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the + directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories + with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.) + + If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's + TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and + login as anonymous. Then: + + 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory) + + 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory + name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are + depositing) + + 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate) + + 4) [m]put Your_files + + Please follow this by sending a mail message to: + + <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu> + + with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state + what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be + made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State + University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8). + + Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are + not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions + about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>. + +noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10] + The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem + Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> + System type: UNIX + + This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as + the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for + right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to + TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and + DeadSea fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory tex. + +TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18] + Abbrevation: Aston + Aston University, Birmingham, UK + Time Zone: 0000 GMT + Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk + Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk + System type: VMS + + Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of + things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims + to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and + mail-server access, other services include + + - telnet access to browse directories + + - JANET access (UK only) + Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091) + Username: public Password: public + Log in interactively to browse the directories + + - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as + appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the + UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In + an emergency, you can write to + Peter Abbott + Computing Service, Aston University, + Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET + p.abbott@aston.ac.uk + + The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are + + - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives, + but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files + only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary + files are ASCII encoded. + + - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date + working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE]. + + To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to + archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add. + JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should + also send mail to indicate they have done so. + +theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92] + Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Cambridge, Massachusetts + Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu> + Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu + System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in + pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other + TeX-related files. + +vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only) + Heidelberg + Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de + +wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20] + White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA + Time Zone: -0600 GMT + Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen) + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings + Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4] + + An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things + can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>. + +ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23] + The Claremont Colleges, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> + Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu + System type: VMS + + The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks + down packages for downloading. + + Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX]. + + To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu + (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission; + then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the + archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send + a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will + work out how to receive it. + +*************************************************************************** + GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to +clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be +self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a +language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for +typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a +major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that +package. + +A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size + +A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size + +accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters + +ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings + +acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms + +AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics + journals + +algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms + +allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism + (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.) + +AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical + Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts. + +AMS-LaTeX + +AMS-TeX + +amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which + includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts. + +amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint + document style. + +antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics. + +APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and + without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for, + anyway? -- dmj] + +APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language + APL + +ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips + +array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment + +article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents + such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style + option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with + article.sty + +Austrian + +authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors + +autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document + structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc. + +autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents. + +Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language + support in LaTeX and plain TeX. + +barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service. + +baseball + +Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines) + +bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography + +BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy + database program + +BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX + +binary trees + +blackboard bold + +BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms + +bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols + +book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for + typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX + document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant + to be used with book.sty + +bookform + +borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +box -- macros for manipulating boxes + +C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language + +calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX + +camera-ready + +caption + +card + +cassette + +cassette label + +Catalan + +category-theory + +changebars + +chemistry + +chess + +citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or + which provide an analogous function + +classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings + +cmcyr + +color -- support for color graphics or other special effects + +comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX + +Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code + +common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles + +commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative + diagrams + +counter + +Croatian + +cropmark + +crosswords + +currency + +Cyrillic + +Czech + +Danish + +date + +decimal + +DECUS + +delimiters + +diagrams + +discretionary + +dissertation + +documentation + +doublespace + +dow -- macros for calculating the day of week + +draft + +drama + +dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged + +Dutch + +dvi2ln3 + +dvi2ps + +dvidrv + +dvidvi + +dvips + +dvitops + +e-mail pathname + +EC/DC + +emphasis + +emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's + +endnotes + +English + +enumerate + +envelope + +epigram + +eplain + +EPSF + +epsf + +eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment + +equation + +equation number + +Esperanto + +essential + +eufm + +examination + +figure + +figures + +filename + +Finnish + +float + +floats + +flushleft + +fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a + new format (.fmt) file. + +font + +fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F + of the TeX Book + +fonts + +footnote numbering + +footnotes + +formletter + +framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's + \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the + TeXbook + +frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +French + +generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro + package + +German + +german + +glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences + +graphics + +Greek + +header -- macros for modifying the page header + +Hebrew + +hline + +Hungarian + +hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns + +Icelandic + +ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern + Recognition proceedings + +IEE + +IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of + Electrical and Electronics Engineers + +indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs + +index -- for producing indexes. + +initex + +input + +inrstex + +inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions + +integral + +IPA + +ISO + +journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles + +LamS-TeX + +landscape + +language + +LaTeX + +letter + +LeXTeX + +limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math + operators + +line breaks + +line numbering + +lines + +linespacing + +linguistics + +lists + +LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Computer Science + +LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Physics + +logical gates + +logos + +loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX + +macro + +mailing labels + +MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program + +manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages + +manual -- for typesetting manuals + +margin notes + +math + +math symbol + +mathematics + +mathfonts + +matrices + +memo + +METAFONT + +metafont + +MFT + +midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros + +milstd + +minipage + +MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less) + with MIT Press's requirements + +modularity + +msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +multi-column + +multi-page + +newcolumn + +newcommand + +newlines + +newsletter + +NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme + +nofill + +Norwegian + +NTG + +numbers + +Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications + +OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original + font selection scheme) + +operatorname + +optarg + +outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive + +outline + +output + +page control + +page layout + +page style + +pagenumbers + +pagestyle + +paper + +paragraph + +parbox + +parse trees + +path name + +PC + +perl + +phonelist + +PHYS-TeX + +Physical Review + +physics + +PHYZZX + +PicTeX + +picture + +plain TeX + +pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality + bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as + described in Appendix D of the TeXbook + +Polish + +pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon + +portrait + +Portuguese + +PostScript + +PostScript fonts + +primer + +proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various + conferences + +prooftree + +publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or + else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements + +quotation + +quote marks + +railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for + describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages + +RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System + +register + +report + +resume + +REVTeX + +Romanian + +rotate + +rotation + +Russian + +Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code + +screenplay + +SCREENVIEW + +script + +scripts + +ScriptTeX + +section + +section numbers + +sectioning + +SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial + and Applied Mathematics + +SLaTeX + +slides + +SliTeX + +Slovenian + +Smalltalk programming language + +solutions + +Spanish + +speed + +SPIE + +Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag + publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements + +stageplay + +standards documents + +string comparison + +strut + +style + +style-option + +subnumbering + +sum + +summation + +Swedish + +symbol + +symbols + +syntax checking + +table + +tables + +tabular + +tangle + +TeX + +TeX examples + +TeX tutorials + +TeX Users Group + +TeX-XeT + +TeXbook + +TeXsis + +TEXT1 + +tgrind + +theorem + +theorm + +thesis + +time + +timeline + +titlepage + +TOC + +toc + +tpic + +trademark + +tree + +trees + +TUG proceedings + +TUGboat + +Turkish + +two-column + +two-up + +UK English + +underlining + +UNIX + +VDM specification language + +verbatim + +virtual fonts + +vita + +vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim + +weave + +WEB + +weird + +x-ref warnings + +xrefs + +XY-pic + +Young tableaux + +YTeX + +yTeX + +Z + +zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format + +*************************************************************************** + APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database +programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because + + (1) there are a different number of fields in a record + (e.g. "Note:" is not always there) + (2) fields can span several lines + (e.g. "Description") + (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records + (e.g. the section and subsection headings) + +Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that +reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines. + +To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following: + +1) Put the following in a file called "script". + +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ +BEGIN { FS = ":"; \ + counter = 0; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: " } + + +/^%/ {} + +/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0} + +/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) } + +NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \ + { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \ + x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \ + x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \ + x["Note"] ; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: "} + +/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} } +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ + +2) Execute the command + + awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex + +If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that +this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer +versions of awk if necessary.) + +*************************************************************************** + COMING ATTRACTIONS + +%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry +%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a +%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to +%% track down the authors for verification of the information. + +Name: autotab.sty +Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by + reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry + per line. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular +Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars + using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by + Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known + bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex). +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: chemstruct.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas. +Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry +Author: Michael Ramek +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several + example figures, each in a separate file. + +Name: crc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the + 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.). + +Name: floatfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in + paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of + the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros + are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in + "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures +Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche + Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file + (example.tex). + +Name: abbrevfr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: readme, README, README.initex + +Name: dumyhyph.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: english.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: flisting.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.tst +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchfr.doc +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchla.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlb.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlm.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlu.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frencht.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hyconfig.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex2.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex3.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: initex.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: language.dat +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: german3.sty +Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting + German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3 +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston +See also: german.sty, germanb.sty + +Name: letter.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German. +Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter +Author: Dietmar Heinrich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 04 May 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex. + +Name: megatape.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels. + Modification of tape.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Martin Nickel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex. +See also: tape.sty + +Name: prelim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts + by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and + time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text + is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.) +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Robert Tolksdorf +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German. +See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty + +Name: changebar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a + device-independent way. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output +Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: chapref.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference + sections for each chapter in a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside + Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England. +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: db.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out + letters, etc., using a database. +Keywords: LaTeX, formletter +Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file. + +Name: hndout.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth + Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt + article style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Jon Warbrick +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jan 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: laioobr.sty +Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for + Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For + use with the Babel system? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Werenfried Spit +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: lcaption.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions + with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: hangcaption.sty + +Name: loval.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox + command. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex. + +Name: nnfootnote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate + footnote command for unnumbered footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote +Author: T Mark Ellison +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: pspic.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard + LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than + using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas + Rokicki's dvips +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rmthm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like + environments by making it easy to change the font style in which + theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress + the numbering of some environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 June 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: sines.tex +Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and + 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of + sin(x). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math +Author: Jim Walker +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabto.tex +Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left + margin in a paragraph. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: trigonometry.tex +Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2 + and pi/2. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Author: Philip Taylor +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989. + +Name: verbatimfiles.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in + verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the + inputted file. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: a4letter.sty +Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4 +Author: D. Heinrich +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: annotation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation" + environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored. +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: cites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript + reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses + consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first + sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9) + and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and + bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty + (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty? +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation +Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: deflist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment + that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and + adjusts the leftmargin accordingly. +Keywords: LaTeX, list +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.2 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex. + +Name: expdlist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the + description environment that allows easy customization. +Keywords: LaTeX, list, description +Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). + +Name: frenchponct.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before + the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French + typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before + them). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: Y. Roy +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchquote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the + French double quote marks +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: garticle.sty +Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German. + Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, German, article +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty. + +Name: joe.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfarticle.sty +Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font + style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the + bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See + the BABEL system instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unilogo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from + 15mm to 75mm in diameter. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Gert Willmann +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + + COLORTEX + +Name: colorrgb.tex +Description: +Keywords: ColorTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex + +Name: euro.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: mancolor.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: rapport.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: dirkslides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: dirkslides-sample.tex + +Name: dinbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for German letters? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german +Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 May 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc. + +Name: ipebrief.sty +Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: W. Schwarz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo + +Name: ruspaper.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: B. Burr +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rustitel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: uni.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: usus.readme + +Name: us10.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us11.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us12.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: stickers.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Mark Overmars +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: stickerdoc.tex + +Name: ailetter.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: bridge.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dblitem.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: invertedparagraphs.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: logo-denk.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: regel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rnl-slides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sentences.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: shsulet.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston + +Name: sqmac.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Michael Barr +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: sqsample.tex + +Name: sqrt.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: strukto.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tl-sample.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: timing.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: read.me, timing.tex + +Name: tksbrief.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tksbrief.tex +See also: privat.sty + +Name: privat.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dina4.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: disstyle.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Gabriele Kruljac +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: nl.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rahmen.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabbingbox.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tables-doc.tex + +Name: topnum.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unfinished.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: texinfo.tex +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: semitic.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + jTeX + + muTeX + + MusicTeX + +cmcscsl10.mf + +*Additional BibTeX styles + +The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the +directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex. + +Name: aaai-named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apalike2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Eric Ho <eho@word> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: astron.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: authordate1-4.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX + bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and + authordate4. +Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Feb 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate1.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate3.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate4.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate3.bst + +Name: bbs.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cbe.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by + Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cell.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst + +Name: cell.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty + +Name: humanbio.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted + from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's + `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: humannat.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American + Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating + features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: is-abbrv.bst +Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style + (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-alpha.bst +Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style + (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-plain.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-unsrt.bst +Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style + (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst + +Name: jbact.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +Note: Requires jbact.sty. + +Name: jbact.sty +Description: LaTeX +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +See also: jbact.bst + +Name: jmb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular + Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z +Note: jmb.sty + +Name: jtb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was + adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.bst. + +Name: namunsrt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: nar.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid + Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: nar.sty + +Name: nature.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: nature.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: newapa.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, + <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: newapa.sty +Description: +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and + Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>?? +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: phaip.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phapalik.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phcpc.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phiaea.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phjcp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnflet.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phpf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phppcf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phreport.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phrmp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: plainyr.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that + order. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah + +Name: science.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst + +Name: science.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science? +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty + +Name: control.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst + +=========================================================================== + +% Keep these lines at the end of the file! +% Local Variables: +% fill-column: 72 +% End: |